{"title":"Suspension","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"68\" data-end=\"397\"\u003eUpgrade the capability, control and durability of your vehicle with premium \u003cstrong data-start=\"144\" data-end=\"205\"\u003e4x4 suspension systems and off-road suspension components\u003c\/strong\u003e. This collection brings together high-quality suspension upgrades designed to improve ride quality, increase wheel travel and support larger tyre and wheel setups for serious off-road builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"399\" data-end=\"672\"\u003eSuspension is one of the most important upgrades for any off-road vehicle. The right setup improves \u003cstrong data-start=\"499\" data-end=\"566\"\u003ehandling, comfort, load carrying ability and terrain capability\u003c\/strong\u003e, whether the vehicle is used for high-speed off-road driving, overland travel or heavy expedition builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"674\" data-end=\"993\"\u003eAt Hoonies Adrenaline, the suspension systems in this collection are sourced from leading off-road manufacturers known for building reliable components for demanding conditions. These include brands such as \u003cstrong data-start=\"881\" data-end=\"902\"\u003eOld Man Emu (ARB)\u003c\/strong\u003e and other specialist manufacturers producing suspension upgrades for modern 4x4 platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"995\" data-end=\"1140\"\u003eWithin this collection you will find components designed specifically for vehicles such as the \u003cstrong data-start=\"1090\" data-end=\"1128\"\u003eFord Ranger and Ford Ranger Raptor\u003c\/strong\u003e, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1142\" data-end=\"1432\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1aq8393\" data-start=\"1142\" data-end=\"1195\"\u003ePerformance coil springs and suspension lift kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"4eqgfu\" data-start=\"1196\" data-end=\"1238\"\u003eHeavy-duty shock absorbers and dampers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"h64rwj\" data-start=\"1239\" data-end=\"1307\"\u003eLoad-rated suspension upgrades for touring and expedition builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"169zpw4\" data-start=\"1308\" data-end=\"1378\"\u003eSuspension components designed to improve wheel travel and control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"o39mez\" data-start=\"1379\" data-end=\"1432\"\u003eSupporting hardware for off-road suspension systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1434\" data-end=\"1768\"\u003eFor example, products such as the \u003cstrong data-start=\"1468\" data-end=\"1541\"\u003eAlmont 4WD Ford Next-Gen Ranger Raptor Rear Shock Absorber Skid Plate\u003c\/strong\u003e provide additional protection for vulnerable suspension components when driving in rocky terrain or harsh off-road environments. Protecting critical suspension hardware helps maintain reliability during demanding off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1770\" data-end=\"1977\"\u003eSuspension upgrades also play a key role when fitting \u003cstrong data-start=\"1824\" data-end=\"1870\"\u003elarger tyres, wider wheels or portal axles\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring vehicles maintain proper geometry, stability and ride comfort even with heavily modified setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1979\" data-end=\"2229\"\u003eWhether you are building a \u003cstrong data-start=\"2006\" data-end=\"2088\"\u003edaily driven 4x4, overland expedition vehicle or fully modified off-road truck\u003c\/strong\u003e, the suspension components in this collection are designed to deliver improved performance, durability and control in real-world conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2231\" data-end=\"2432\"\u003eAll suspension products supplied by Hoonies Adrenaline are selected from trusted off-road brands and engineered to handle the stresses of demanding terrain, heavy loads and aggressive off-road driving.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 300-600 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your loaded Ranger more comfortable to drive.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA canopy, drawers and regularly carried gear add weight that your suspension has to cope with on every journey. This BP-51 kit is for a 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab carrying 300-600 kg of constant additional rear load. It combines a 40 mm lift with springs suited to that weight and adjustable shocks, so you can improve the ride on the road and control how the suspension responds over rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 300-600 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront coils and 2 front BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreasable shackles, 2 spring-bush kits and 4 U-bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 300-600 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922472304982,"sku":"XSABP51MFORA8DK","price":3748.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-airlynx-ranger-and-ranger-raptor-front","title":"APEX Design USA airLYNX Front Sway Bar Links - Ford Ranger and Raptor 2019+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore comfort off road, with control for the journey home\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour Ranger doesn't have to use the same sway-bar setting on a rough trail as it does on the road. APEX airLYNX front links let you soften the factory bar's response by changing air pressure, giving the front suspension more freedom off road, then restoring the street setting before you drive home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X02-09-016\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChange the response of your factory sway bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe links adjust the effective response of the existing front sway bar rather than replacing the bar itself. Higher pressure gives more resistance; lower trail pressure lets the suspension move more freely over uneven ground. You can find a setting that feels right for the terrain while retaining a separate road setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUse the right pressure for the journey\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ranger fitting guide specifies a minimum of 150 psi and a maximum of 300 psi for street use. Trail pressure starts at 0 psi and can be increased to suit the feel you want. Restore the street pressure before returning to the road; do not use the zero-pressure trail setting on the street.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCharge them without losing the setting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small air volume makes the charging connection important. Use a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-zero-loss-chuck-for-airlynx\"\u003ezero-loss chuck\u003c\/a\u003e so the valve closes before you disconnect it. The guide recommends a bike shock pump with a suitable zero-loss chuck; choose a pressure source that can reach your selected setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReconnecting a gauge or pump takes air from that small volume, so the new reading will be lower than the pressure you originally set. Treat reconnecting as a pressure-adjustment session, not a way to check the untouched charge. Recharge at least every six months if the links have not been discharged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and long-term care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese front links fit the 2019-onwards Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor. The fitting guide covers replacing both factory links, keeping the link body steady while tightening its hardware, and checking the installation. Use a competent installer for this suspension work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finish resists salt and many chemicals. Wash with suitable mild products and avoid strong acid wheel cleaners. The links are rebuildable through the appropriate service route if damage makes repair worthwhile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-09-016\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger and Ranger Raptor, 2019 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront sway bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir-pressure adjustment of the factory sway-bar response\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStreet pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 psi minimum; 300 psi maximum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrail pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 psi upwards, adjusted for trail use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad restriction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not use the zero-pressure trail setting on the street\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZero-loss chuck required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressure checking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReconnecting the pump reduces pressure in the small air volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeriodic charge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecharge every six months if not discharged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.1-12.1 in with top-out and bottom-out bumpers compressed; not a lift-height range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvoid strong acid wheel cleaners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1SJwNdFx0dEKkoMBAmuC42USWyH7T4cS9\/view?usp=sharing\"\u003eInstall Instructions - Ford Ranger airLYNX (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I change the setting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange the air pressure using a suitable pump and zero-loss chuck. Use 150-300 psi for street use and a lower setting from 0 psi upwards for the trail, restoring the street setting before road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use an ordinary tyre chuck?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a zero-loss chuck. A normal chuck can release a meaningful part of the link's small air charge as you remove it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the pressure seem lower when I reconnect the pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAir moves into the pump or gauge connection from the link. That lowers the pressure, so reconnecting does not show the undisturbed original setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill any on-board compressor cover the full adjustment range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck its output against the setting you want. The airLYNX street range extends to 300 psi; the guide recommends a suitable bike shock pump with a zero-loss chuck. A tyre-inflation compressor should not be assumed to cover that whole range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often do I need to recharge them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fitting guide calls for a recharge every six months if the links have not been discharged. Recheck the correct road setting whenever you change from trail to road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52018680791382,"sku":"X02-09-016","price":350.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/SwayBar-Raptor1.png?v=1764844887"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 0-300 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmoother driving on rough roads and tracks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis BP-51 kit gives the 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab a 40 mm lift and adjustable internal-bypass shocks. The 0-300 kg constant-load spring specification suits a lightly equipped truck. It is a way to improve ride comfort and control without fitting springs intended for a much heavier permanent load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 0-300 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront coils and 2 front BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreasable shackles, 2 spring-bush kits and 4 U-bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 0-300 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648123040086,"sku":"XSABP51LFORA8DK","price":3626.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 600 kg+","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetter ride comfort with heavy equipment on board.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis BP-51 kit is for a 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab carrying 600 kg or more of constant additional rear load. It combines springs suited to that weight with adjustable shocks and a 40 mm lift. If your Ranger carries heavy equipment every day, the right spring rate and damping can make it more comfortable to drive and better controlled over rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 600 kg+ of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 front coil-over assemblies and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs, 2 spring-bush kits and a greasable-shackle kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 U-bolts, 2 BP-51 fitting kits, a driveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 600 kg+; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648146239830,"sku":"XSABP51HFORA8DK","price":3936.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ - 600 kg constant rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your heavily loaded Ranger the suspension it needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen a canopy, drawers and equipment add a constant 600 kg at the rear, spring choice matters every time you drive. This Old Man Emu kit pairs load-matched springs with Nitrocharger dampers, supporting the weight of your setup while controlling suspension movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITP60040FORA8DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 600 kg constant rear load specification refers to additional weight that remains at the rear in normal use, such as permanently fitted storage and equipment. Choose it for that regular load. Occasional holiday luggage alone is not a reason to fit heavy constant-load springs: a spring selected for much more weight than you carry can make the unloaded ride firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils, two front and two rear dampers, two rear leaf springs, a greasable shackle kit, two bush kits, four U-bolts, a driveline spacer kit and a bump-stop adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg constant rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITP60040FORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648274297174,"sku":"XSANITP60040FORA8DK","price":2118.61,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1.png?v=1771538275"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ - 300 kg constant rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA more comfortable drive with your everyday equipment on board\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA regular 300 kg rear load changes what you need from your Ranger suspension. This Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit matches the springs and dampers to that use, making it a sensible upgrade for a working or touring pickup whose accessories stay fitted between trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITP30040FORA8DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 300 kg constant rear load specification refers to additional weight that remains at the rear in normal use, such as permanently fitted storage and equipment. Choose it for that regular load. Occasional holiday luggage alone is not a reason to fit heavy constant-load springs: a spring selected for much more weight than you carry can make the unloaded ride firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils, two front and two rear dampers, two rear leaf springs, a greasable shackle kit, two bush kits, four U-bolts, a driveline spacer kit and a bump-stop adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg constant rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITP30040FORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648280293718,"sku":"XSANITP30040FORA8DK","price":1925.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1.png?v=1771538275"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+ - 0-300 kg rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy your Ranger on the road and the rough tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit suits a Ranger carrying a 0-300 kg rear load. Its matched springs and dampers give you a planned suspension upgrade for lighter work or touring setups, without defaulting to the stiffest spring option just because you occasionally load the tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITLFORA8DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 0-300 kg rear-load specification is for a lighter equipment or cargo setup. Include the weight of permanent accessories as well as the load you usually carry. If your vehicle carries a heavier rear load all the time, use a kit chosen for that weight; buying the stiffest springs by default can cost you comfort when lightly loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils, two front and two rear dampers, two rear leaf springs, a greasable shackle kit, two bush kits, four U-bolts, a driveline spacer kit and a bump-stop adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648361787734,"sku":"XSANITLFORA8DK","price":1689.64,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1.png?v=1771538275"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-uca0009-front-upper-control-arms-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards","title":"OME UCA0009 Front Upper Control Arms, Pair - Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet the alignment right and enjoy your lifted suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suspension lift should feel right on the road as well as look right on your vehicle. These OME UCA0009 upper control arms give a lifted Ranger Mk8 or Amarok Mk3 more caster and camber adjustment, helping the installer bring the geometry back into a useful range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSUCA0009\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHelp your lifted suspension work properly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lift changes the relationship between the front suspension and steering. The UCA0009 arms are designed around the geometry change associated with an approximately 2-inch lift, adding adjustment rather than asking the original arms to work outside their intended position. Set the final alignment for your exact suspension setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStrong joints and bushes that need less maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eForged eyelets and a forged ball-joint housing support the arm construction. The heavy-duty ball joint is greaseable and has an OME protective cap. The GIIRO bushes pivot freely and do not need greasing; the ball joint still has its own maintenance requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA pair made for the vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe arms include provision for the original ABS wires, an Integrit powder-coated finish and fitting instructions. They are boxed as a pair with protective foam inserts, so you receive both front upper arms. UCA0009 is the application for vehicles with alloy steering knuckles; cast-iron knuckles use a different OME arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFinish the installation with a proper alignment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the arms for the Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards suspension application and check the steering-knuckle type. Professional installation and a wheel alignment help confirm ball-joint movement, ABS-wire routing and clearances through suspension travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSUCA0009\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUCA0009\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3, 2023 onwards; suitable lifted suspension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSteering-knuckle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlloy; check vehicle before selection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair of front upper control arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eGeometry purpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncreased caster and camber adjustment for approximately 2-inch lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBall joint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty, greaseable; OME protective cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBushes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGIIRO; free-pivoting, grease-free and maintenance-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForged eyelets and ball-joint housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eABS provision\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal wire mounting points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrit powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair, protective foam packaging and fitting instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePost-fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel alignment and full-travel clearance check\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTest reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVSB14 compliance testing, Australia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. UCA0009 is boxed as a pair of front upper control arms with protective foam inserts and fitting instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do they change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey add caster and camber adjustment for the geometry changes caused by a suspension lift. The final alignment is set to suit the vehicle and the fitted suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit every 2023+ Ranger or Amarok?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the suspension application and steering-knuckle type. UCA0009 is for alloy steering knuckles; vehicles with cast-iron knuckles need a different OME arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the bushes need greasing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The GIIRO bushes are grease-free and maintenance-free. The heavy-duty ball joints are greaseable, so maintain those separately according to the instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo they come with ball joints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The arms use heavy-duty greaseable ball joints with OME protective caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A proper wheel alignment completes the geometry change. The installer should also check clearances and ABS-wire routing throughout the suspension movement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648590213462,"sku":"XSSUCA0009","price":583.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Rangercontrolarms.png?v=1771538907"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab 45-50 mm Lift Kit, 300-600 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore comfort on long trips in a loaded Ranger.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis BP-51 kit is for a 2019-2022 Ranger Mk7 Double Cab carrying 300-600 kg of constant additional load. It pairs springs suited to that weight with adjustable internal-bypass shocks and a 45-50 mm lift. The separate compression and rebound adjusters let you change the ride to suit the roads, tracks and loads you drive with.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 300-600 kg of constant additional load. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBP-51 suspension kit for the Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring specification for 300-600 kg constant additional load and a 45-50 mm lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal-bypass shock absorbers with independent compression and rebound adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-0-300kg-constant-rear-load-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab-1\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51MFORA7DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk7 Double Cab kit, not the Raptor suspension application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648848359766,"sku":"XSABP51MFORA7DK","price":3709.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_bc5e5ce5-9d60-40da-983f-0efe622b5498.png?v=1771539341"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab-1","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab 45-50 mm Lift Kit, 600 kg+","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension suited to a Ranger carrying heavy loads.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 600 kg+ constant-load BP-51 kit for the 2019-2022 Ranger Mk7 Double Cab. It combines springs for a heavily equipped vehicle with a 45-50 mm lift and adjustable shocks. You can adjust compression and rebound separately to improve ride comfort and control with the equipment you normally carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 600 kg+ of constant additional load. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBP-51 suspension kit for the Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring specification for 600 kg+ constant additional load and a 45-50 mm lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal-bypass shock absorbers with independent compression and rebound adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-0-300kg-constant-rear-load-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51HFORA7DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk7 Double Cab kit, not the Raptor suspension application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648862482774,"sku":"XSABP51HFORA7DK","price":3709.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_bc5e5ce5-9d60-40da-983f-0efe622b5498.png?v=1771539341"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-0-300kg-constant-rear-load-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab 45-50 mm Lift Kit, 0-300 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImprove your Ranger's ride on rough ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a lightly equipped 2019-2022 Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, this BP-51 kit combines a 45-50 mm lift with springs for 0-300 kg of constant additional rear load. The adjustable shocks let you fine-tune ride comfort and how the suspension reacts over bumps, with separate settings for compression and rebound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 0-300 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBP-51 suspension kit for the Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring specification for 0-300 kg constant additional rear load and a 45-50 mm lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal-bypass shock absorbers with independent compression and rebound adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA7DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-45-50mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab-1\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk7 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51LFORA7DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 0-300 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk7 Double Cab kit, not the Raptor suspension application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648864055638,"sku":"XSABP51LFORA7DK","price":3617.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_bc5e5ce5-9d60-40da-983f-0efe622b5498.png?v=1771539341"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-0-300kg-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-double-cab","title":"ARB Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Sport Suspension Kit - Ford Ranger Mk7 Double Cab 2019-2022","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKeep your Ranger composed with the gear on board\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch your Ranger suspension to the equipment it regularly carries. This Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Sport kit is for the Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022, with 0-300 kg of additional rear load and an approximate 40 mm suspension lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITMNEK4008A2K\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe matched shock absorbers, front coils and rear leaf springs work together for load support and controlled suspension movement. The raised suspension gives you more clearance for rough tracks, while Nitrocharger Sport damping helps keep your Ranger settled on the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the rear-load specification around permanently fitted accessories and the weight regularly carried at the rear. This spring selection does not change the vehicle's permitted payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes two front and two rear Nitrocharger Sport shock absorbers, two front coil springs, two rear leaf springs, one driveline kit, one greasable shackle kit, one bush kit, and four U-bolts with washers and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation and wheel alignment are recommended. Check the installation and fasteners as part of ongoing suspension maintenance; the greasable components make routine servicing easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITMNEK4008A2K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension lift kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7 Double Cab, 2019-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear load selection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShock Absorber Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger Sport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded shock absorbers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 front and 2 rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded springs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 front coil springs and 2 rear leaf springs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther included parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 driveline kit, 1 greasable shackle kit, 1 bush kit, 4 U-bolts with washers and nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the 0-300 kg figure mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the additional rear-load selection for this kit. Choose it around the regular rear load and fitted accessories, while staying within the vehicle's permitted payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat lift does it provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe suspension lift is approximately 40 mm. Final ride height depends on the vehicle and the weight it carries.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648869036374,"sku":"XSANITMNEK4008A2K","price":1507.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1_d4002b15-bdda-46a4-816d-66dada02c269.png?v=1771539792"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-suspension-kit-front-bar-and-winch-medium-rear-load-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-45mm-lift","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Ranger Double Cab 2019-2022 - Front Bar, Winch \u0026 Medium Rear Load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupport your Ranger's bar and winch with suspension designed for the extra weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit is configured for a 2019-2022 Ranger Double Cab with a front bar and winch, plus a medium rear load. The spring and damper combination supports that front-end weight and controls the suspension, rather than treating the added equipment as an afterthought.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITHFORA7MK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version matches a front bar and winch with a medium rear-load spring package. Include permanently fitted storage and normal cargo when planning the rear setup. The front and rear requirements are separate: a heavy winch does not mean you need the heaviest rear springs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes two front Nitrocharger Sport dampers and coils, two rear Nitrocharger Sport dampers and leaf springs, a driveline kit, greasable fixed-end pin and shackle kits, plus four U-bolts with washers and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 45 mm front \/ 40 mm rear lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7 Double Cab 2019-2022, with front bar and winch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium rear load; front bar and winch fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo front Nitrocharger Sport dampers and coils; two rear dampers and leaf springs; driveline kit; greasable fixed-end pin and shackle kits; four U-bolts with washers and nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITHFORA7MK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 45 mm front \/ 40 mm rear. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648899281238,"sku":"XSANITHFORA7MK","price":1426.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OldManEmuNitrochargerSuspensionKit600kgConstant40mmLiftFordRangerMk8_2023Onwards_1_d4002b15-bdda-46a4-816d-66dada02c269.png?v=1771539792"},{"product_id":"g-o-a-t-offroad-ranger-raptor-2-1-front-and-rear-lift-kit-2018","title":"G.O.A.T 2-inch Front \/ 1-inch Rear Lift Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA taller stance, with your FOX dampers retained.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA little more height changes the way the Raptor sits. G.O.A.T’s 2-inch front and 1-inch rear lift kit raises both ends while keeping a subtle rearward rake, giving the truck a more purposeful stance around its original FOX suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the complete front-and-rear spacer combination for the 2022+ Ranger Raptor. It retains the existing dampers rather than replacing them with a new shock package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-identifiers\"\u003eManufacturer part number: GOAT-STSPCR-KIT-2F1R-RRPTR\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy this front-and-rear combination?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front receives a nominal 2-inch lift and the rear 1 inch. The different amounts bring the stance closer to level while retaining some rake, rather than lifting both ends equally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe spacers are CNC-machined from 6061-T6 aluminium and anodised. G.O.A.T designs the arrangement around retention of the FOX damper’s internal bypass function. The kit changes ride height; it does not turn the vehicle into a long-travel suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront spacer pair and rear spacer pair with fitting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 inches front; 1 inch rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC-machined 6061-T6 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDampers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal FOX units retained\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront and rear strut disassembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinal setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel alignment and next-generation ride-height recalibration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit supplies the front and rear strut-spacer pairs with the associated installation hardware. Springs, shocks, tyres and adjustable upper control arms are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor this next-generation Raptor, adjustable upper control arms are recommended for more alignment adjustment at the front lift, but remain optional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit the lift and set up the suspension together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth front and rear struts must be removed and disassembled using appropriate spring-compression equipment. The guide includes replacing the original top studs, reconnecting the live-valve wiring and tightening the suspension correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFinish with a wheel alignment and, on the next-generation Raptor, ride-height recalibration. We would have a workshop familiar with this suspension carry out the full job. Those steps are part of getting the lift working properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTyres, loads and everyday use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit is suited to planning a 35-inch tyre build. Choose the wheel offset and actual tyre dimensions alongside the lift, then check clearance throughout steering and suspension travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck clearances and mountings after installation and keep the suspension in the service inspection. Vehicle load limits remain unchanged. Discuss the suspension change with your insurer before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0277\/5151\/4199\/files\/Install_Instructions_-_Ranger_Raptor_Strut_Spacer.pdf?v=1750293959\"\u003eG.O.A.T fitting guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/g-o-a-t-offroad-next-gen-ranger-raptor-billet-uca\"\u003eG.O.A.T Billet Upper Control Arms (Pair) for 2022+ Ranger Raptor\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre new shocks included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The kit retains your existing dampers and adds the front and rear spacer combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need upper control arms too?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdjustable upper control arms are recommended for more alignment adjustment at this front lift. They are optional on the next-generation Raptor; wheel alignment and ride-height recalibration are required after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it without taking the struts apart?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both front and rear struts require disassembly with appropriate equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need ride-height recalibration?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fitting guide calls for ride-height recalibration on the next-generation Raptor, as well as wheel alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it as part of a 35-inch tyre build?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lift is one part of the setup. Wheel offset, tyre width and actual diameter also affect clearance, so the chosen combination needs checking through full steering and suspension movement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"G.O.A.T Offroad","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52928743178582,"sku":null,"price":499.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/2.1LiftKitRaptor.webp?v=1781015633"},{"product_id":"g-o-a-t-offroad-next-gen-ranger-raptor-billet-uca","title":"G.O.A.T Billet Upper Control Arms (Pair) for 2022+ Ranger Raptor","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrange billet worth showing off. Adjustment to put it to work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMachined orange billet gives these G.O.A.T upper control arms the sort of detail you want on a carefully built Raptor. Adjustable pivots and high-angle joints give that appearance a practical purpose when setting up the suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive a pair—one left and one right—for the 2022+ next-generation Ranger Raptor, with provision for the factory ride-height sensor. They are a particularly relevant choice when a lift makes additional alignment adjustment useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-identifiers\"\u003eSKU: GOAT-RNGRRPTR-G2-UCA-FOXORNG\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the joints matter as much as the finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable heim-joint pivots let the installer set the upper-arm position as part of the alignment. At the knuckle, the V2 high-angle ball joint allows articulation as the suspension moves through its travel. That movement matters when setting up a lifted Raptor; the branded billet dust cap finishes the visible detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would consider the pair when building around a lift or wheel-and-tyre change that calls for upper-arm adjustment. The arm design gives the suspension specialist more to work with; the final clearances and geometry still need to suit the full combination. The arms do not provide a lift height on their own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ PY next-generation Ranger Raptor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair: one left-hand and one right-hand upper control arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eArm material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC-machined 6061 billet aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange anodising, styled to complement FOX components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePivots\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\/8-inch heim joints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eKnuckle joint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eV2 heavy-duty high-angle ball joint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSensor provision\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttachment for the factory ride-height sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet branded dust cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe pair in this purchase\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied pair includes one left-hand and one right-hand arm in the FOX-style orange finish, with the specified heim pivots and V2 high-angle ball-joint arrangement. The factory ride-height sensor has its attachment provision.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSprings, lift spacers, replacement dampers and fitting are separate. If the truck is already lifted, have the alignment and available joint movement assessed as part of the installation rather than choosing an arm on appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBolt-on fitting with the factory sensor mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe arms bolt on and include attachment for the factory ride-height sensor. That keeps the sensor provision in the design, with no separate custom mount to fabricate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eArrange professional fitting and alignment together. The installer sets the pivots for your truck and checks joint movement, wheel clearance and the sensor linkage through the required travel. Fitting and alignment are separate from the pair price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eG.O.A.T strut spacers and the clevis-steering upgrade are separate parts that can be considered alongside the arms where the complete suspension plan calls for them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSet the alignment to suit your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper-arm adjustment helps the fitter set camber and caster around the completed suspension. Toe is set separately as part of the full wheel alignment. Camber is the wheel’s inward or outward lean; caster is the steering-axis angle; toe is the direction the wheels point relative to each other. Together, those settings influence steering behaviour and how the tyres wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBook alignment as part of the arm installation, including when the wheels have recently been balanced. If uneven wear or a steering concern prompted the upgrade, have its cause checked during the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLook after the parts you have invested in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInclude the heim joints, ball joints and sensor linkage in suspension inspections, with attention to wear and play after off-road use. Use the care procedure for these joints; lubrication methods and intervals from another design are not a substitute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChanges to ride height, tyres or loading may call for another alignment assessment. G.O.A.T’s Australian VSB14 and component-testing statements do not grant an automatic increase in your vehicle’s permitted weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTell us the lift, wheels and tyres you are working towards and we can help compare the arms with any separate parts needed for that setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a pair or a single arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA pair: one left-hand and one right-hand upper control arm. Fitting and alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the factory ride-height sensor fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Sensor attachment is built into the arm design. The installer checks the linkage and sensor operation when completing the suspension work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo they lift the Raptor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Lift comes from separate suspension components. These arms add their adjustment and joint design to the finished setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The adjustable pivots need setting for your Raptor, with clearance and movement checked. Wheel balancing is a different job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill they solve uneven tyre wear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly where the cause is an alignment issue the arms can address. Worn components or another fault may need different work, so have the cause assessed first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit an earlier Raptor or standard Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are for the 2022+ PY next-generation Ranger Raptor. Earlier Raptors and standard Rangers need their own specified arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo they give me a GVM upgrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A permitted weight increase needs the appropriate complete vehicle approval and documentation; fitting the arms alone does not provide it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"G.O.A.T Offroad","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52929108148566,"sku":"GOAT-RNGRRPTR-G2-UCA-FOXORNG","price":1565.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Billet3.webp?v=1781015838"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-autolynx-bushing-and-pin-kit-service-kit","title":"APEX Design USA autoLYNX Bushing and Pin Service Kit - X02-03-022","description":"\u003ch2\u003eReplace the service parts your autoLYNX needs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep an existing autoLYNX sway-bar disconnect in use with its matching bushing and pin service kit. X02-03-022 gives you a specific replacement route when those components need attention, rather than replacing the complete disconnect for the sake of a service part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X02-03-022\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKeep your autoLYNX in service\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBushing and pin service components for autoLYNX\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the autoLYNX fitting and troubleshooting guides to identify the part needed, then check operation after the work. These service parts are for autoLYNX; airLYNX is a different system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReplacing another autoLYNX part?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also list the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-autolynx-catch-assembly-kit-service-kit\"\u003ecatch assembly\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-autolynx-knob-kit-service-kit\"\u003eknob kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-autolynx-detent-pin-2x-service-kit\"\u003epair of detent pins\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the part identified by the inspection rather than buying every service kit together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-03-022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct family\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX autoLYNX sway-bar disconnect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBushing and Pin Service Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurpose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBushing and pin service components for autoLYNX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a complete sway-bar disconnect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the named autoLYNX service part, supplied for repair or replacement within an existing system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it an airLYNX part?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It belongs to the autoLYNX product family. Match the part reference to your autoLYNX before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583290167638,"sku":"X02-03-022","price":38.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/AutoLynxX02-03-022BushingKit_bdd969cf-d26d-4ac3-8886-f9aec0db617b.png?v=1784284874"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-autolynx-catch-assembly-kit-service-kit","title":"APEX Design USA autoLYNX Catch Assembly Service Kit - X02-03-021","description":"\u003ch2\u003eService the catch on your autoLYNX\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a serviceable autoLYNX disconnect in use with the matching catch assembly kit. X02-03-021 is the specific replacement reference for that assembly, so you can repair the part identified during inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X02-03-021\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKeep your autoLYNX in service\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCatch assembly service components for autoLYNX\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the autoLYNX fitting and troubleshooting guides to identify the part needed, then check operation after the work. These service parts are for autoLYNX; airLYNX is a different system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIdentify the part before replacing it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-autolynx-bushing-and-pin-kit-service-kit\"\u003ebushing and pin kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-autolynx-detent-pin-2x-service-kit\"\u003edetent pins\u003c\/a\u003e are separate service items. Use the troubleshooting guide to identify which component needs work, then check the disconnect operates correctly afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-03-021\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct family\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX autoLYNX sway-bar disconnect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCatch Assembly Service Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurpose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCatch assembly service components for autoLYNX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a complete sway-bar disconnect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the named autoLYNX service part, supplied for repair or replacement within an existing system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it an airLYNX part?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It belongs to the autoLYNX product family. Match the part reference to your autoLYNX before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583290233174,"sku":"X02-03-021","price":20.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/AutoLynxX02-03-021CatchAssemblyKit_d2946ffa-e4ee-4b3c-b4f5-e114033215c7.png?v=1784284874"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-autolynx-detent-pin-2x-service-kit","title":"APEX Design USA autoLYNX Detent Pin Service Kit - 2 Pins - X02-03-023","description":"\u003ch2\u003eReplace the detent pins your autoLYNX needs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pair of replacement detent pins is the named service part for the APEX autoLYNX system. Keep a serviceable disconnect working by replacing the components identified during inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X02-03-023\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKeep your autoLYNX in service\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacement detent pins for autoLYNX\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the autoLYNX fitting and troubleshooting guides to identify the part needed, then check operation after the work. These service parts are for autoLYNX; airLYNX is a different system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCheck the related assembly during the service\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-autolynx-catch-assembly-kit-service-kit\"\u003ecatch assembly\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-autolynx-knob-kit-service-kit\"\u003eknob kit\u003c\/a\u003e are separate service listings. Replace only the components the inspection calls for, using the autoLYNX troubleshooting and assembly guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-03-023\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct family\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX autoLYNX sway-bar disconnect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetent Pin Service Kit - 2 Pins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurpose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement detent pins for autoLYNX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo detent pins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a complete sway-bar disconnect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the named autoLYNX service part, supplied for repair or replacement within an existing system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it an airLYNX part?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It belongs to the autoLYNX product family. Match the part reference to your autoLYNX before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pins are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo detent pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583290298710,"sku":"X02-03-023","price":4.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/AutoLynxX02-03-023pin_997d30ad-b625-4aa7-a899-7bccb29e08e1.png?v=1784284874"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-autolynx-knob-kit-service-kit","title":"APEX Design USA autoLYNX Knob Service Kit - X02-03-020","description":"\u003ch2\u003eReplace a damaged or missing autoLYNX knob\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the operating part of your autoLYNX complete with the matching knob service kit. X02-03-020 is the specific replacement reference for the autoLYNX knob, useful when the existing part has been damaged or lost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X02-03-020\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKeep your autoLYNX in service\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnob service components for autoLYNX\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the autoLYNX fitting and troubleshooting guides to identify the part needed, then check operation after the work. These service parts are for autoLYNX; airLYNX is a different system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther service parts when needed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf inspection identifies wear elsewhere, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-autolynx-catch-assembly-kit-service-kit\"\u003eautoLYNX catch assembly\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-autolynx-detent-pin-2x-service-kit\"\u003edetent pin pair\u003c\/a\u003e have separate service listings. Choose them only when the work calls for those parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-03-020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct family\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX autoLYNX sway-bar disconnect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnob Service Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurpose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnob service components for autoLYNX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a complete sway-bar disconnect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the named autoLYNX service part, supplied for repair or replacement within an existing system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it an airLYNX part?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It belongs to the autoLYNX product family. Match the part reference to your autoLYNX before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583290364246,"sku":"X02-03-020","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/AutoLynxX02-03-020KnobKit1_62e8d9b4-b933-43cc-afef-b5c91ab1886b.png?v=1784284876"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-autolynx-washer-kit","title":"APEX Design USA autoLYNX Hardened Washer Kit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFine-tune the alignment of your autoLYNX links\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese hardened washers help with autoLYNX link alignment on stock-height or low-lift installations where adjustment is needed. They are a specific alignment part, rather than ordinary soft washers added to fill a gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X02-03-005\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUse the fitting guide to choose the stack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is room on the post for up to four washers per side. Follow the autoLYNX fitment and installation guidance to choose the arrangement and check steering clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Sport, Sahara and Willys Wranglers with the 66.50 in narrow axle, stock wheels (typically 6.00 in backspacing) and larger-than-stock tyres, do not use these washers to align the links: they reduce tyre clearance. Follow the narrow-axle fitment guide to check the clearance your wheels and tyres need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-autolynx-bushing-and-pin-kit-service-kit\"\u003ebushing and pin kit\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate service item if inspection finds wear in those components. Alignment washers and replacement bushings serve different jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-03-005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX autoLYNX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardened alignment washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStated use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStock ride height or low-lift applications where link alignment is needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpace for up to four washers per side on the mounting post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitment restriction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not use to align the links on Sport, Sahara and Willys Wranglers with the 66.50 in narrow axle, stock wheels (typically 6.00 in backspacing) and larger-than-stock tyres; washers reduce tyre clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1DfZDbPN33eclOF3L7gqrqKbF21YCZ1PY\/view?usp=share_link\"\u003eCLICK HERE \/ FITMENT GUIDE (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1nIi-ne_SZUQuk2gzZhAgfPpxpblcptUj\/view?usp=share_link\"\u003eINSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1YziZ7VhPb23Vknktg7J5y7KxeppCgLFT\/view?usp=share_link\"\u003eTROUBLESHOOTING INSTALLATION (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these ordinary soft washers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. They are hardened washers for the autoLYNX alignment application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the washer arrangement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the autoLYNX fitment and installation guides to set the link alignment and check clearance. The post has space for up to four washers per side. For Sport, Sahara and Willys Wranglers with the 66.50 in narrow axle, stock wheels (typically 6.00 in backspacing) and larger-than-stock tyres, do not use these washers to align the links: they reduce tyre clearance. Follow the narrow-axle fitment guide to check the clearance your wheels and tyres need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo they increase suspension lift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. They are for link alignment within the supported installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54583290429782,"sku":"X02-03-005","price":6.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PhotoRoom_20230915_114237_bc949ed8-e344-41de-a6d3-8e58a68706ea.png?v=1784284876"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-40mm-lift-toyota-hilux-mk8-9-2016-onwards-double-cab","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Toyota Hilux Double Cab 2016+ 40 mm Lift Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet a more comfortable ride from your Hilux.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom a lightly equipped weekend truck to a permanently loaded tourer, the right springs make a difference. This 40 mm BP-51 kit gives the 2016+ Hilux Double Cab three constant-load choices and independent compression and rebound adjustment. The aim is a ride that works with your equipment, on the drive to the trail and once you get there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose from the 0-300 kg, 300-600 kg and 600 kg+ spring options below. The three versions share BP-51 damping with separate compression and rebound adjustment. Springs for a heavily laden truck are not automatically better on a lightly equipped one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eLoad Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51LTOH9DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,619.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-600KG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51MTOH9DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,720.89\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600KG+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51HTOH9DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGBP 3,775.92\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow BP-51 handles bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInternal oil passages allow a more compliant response around normal ride height, with damping increasing towards the ends of the stroke. That gives the shocks a way to manage small disturbances and larger movements differently. Independent compression and rebound adjusters let you refine that response for your surfaces and normal load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat the kit is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a BP-51 suspension kit with the selected load-rated spring package for Toyota Hilux Mk8 and Mk9 Double Cab models from 2016. The nominal lift is 40 mm. It is not a universal Hilux kit for other cab styles or earlier generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and adjusting the suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the suspension fitted and aligned, with preload and initial damping set for the equipment on your Hilux. You can then adjust compression and rebound at the shocks without removing them. Start with the supplied application settings and make small changes; the highest settings are not automatically the most comfortable. The actual lift depends on the load and vehicle condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux Mk8\/Mk9 Double Cab, 2016+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg \/ 300-600 kg \/ 600 kg+ constant-load options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition-sensitive internal bypass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it between road and off-road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently at the shocks while fitted. Use the supplied starting settings and refine the response for the trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this increase the legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The spring rating describes the kit's intended load. It does not itself change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it for every Hilux?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is for the 2016+ Mk8\/Mk9 Double Cab application listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"0-300KG","offer_id":54818875179350,"sku":"XSABP51LTOH9DK","price":3619.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"300-600KG","offer_id":54818875212118,"sku":"XSABP51MTOH9DK","price":3720.89,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"600KG+","offer_id":54818875244886,"sku":"XSABP51HTOH9DK","price":3775.92,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/bp51.png?v=1785100559"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-suspension-kit-constant-600kg-40mm-lift-toyota-hilux-mk8-9-2016-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Toyota Hilux Mk8-9 Double Cab 2016+ - 600 kg constant rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your loaded Hilux comfortable and controlled\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit is for a Hilux carrying a constant 600 kg rear load. Matched springs and dampers make it a practical foundation for a heavily equipped work or touring vehicle, where supporting permanent weight matters more than simply adding a taller stance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITP60040TOH9DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 600 kg constant rear load specification refers to additional weight that remains at the rear in normal use, such as permanently fitted storage and equipment. Choose it for that regular load. Occasional holiday luggage alone is not a reason to fit heavy constant-load springs: a spring selected for much more weight than you carry can make the unloaded ride firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils and struts, rear leaf springs and dampers, four U-bolts, two bush kits, greasable shackle and pin kits, a leaf-spring eye bolt, a headlight-levelling bracket, a trim packer and two strut top-hat kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux Mk8-9 Double Cab 2016+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg constant rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITP60040TOH9DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818875277654,"sku":"XSANITP60040TOH9DK","price":1803.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/old_man_emu_nitrocharger_1_2.png?v=1785100562"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-suspension-kit-constant-300kg-40mm-lift-toyota-hilux-mk8-9-2016-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - Toyota Hilux Mk8-9 Double Cab 2016+ - 300 kg constant rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA better ride with your tools and equipment on board\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a Hilux carrying a constant 300 kg rear load, this Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit combines springs chosen for the weight with dampers chosen to control their movement. It is a worthwhile upgrade when your pickup has become a dedicated work or touring vehicle rather than an empty tub with occasional luggage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITP30040TOH9DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 300 kg constant rear load specification refers to additional weight that remains at the rear in normal use, such as permanently fitted storage and equipment. Choose it for that regular load. Occasional holiday luggage alone is not a reason to fit heavy constant-load springs: a spring selected for much more weight than you carry can make the unloaded ride firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front coils and struts, rear leaf springs and dampers, four U-bolts, two bush kits, greasable shackle and pin kits, a leaf-spring eye bolt, a headlight-levelling bracket, a trim packer and two strut top-hat kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux Mk8-9 Double Cab 2016+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 kg constant rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITP30040TOH9DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818875310422,"sku":"XSANITP30040TOH9DK","price":1756.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/old_man_emu_nitrocharger_1_1.png?v=1785100563"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-0-300kg-30mm-lift-no-front-bar-isuzu-d-max-mk4-5-2012-2020","title":"Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Suspension Kit - D-Max Double Cab 2012-2020 Without Front Bar - Rear Load Options","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet the right suspension for your D-Max and the gear you carry\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit is for the 2012-2020 D-Max Double Cab without a front bar. Three rear-load options let you match the kit to your work or touring setup, instead of asking one spring specification to suit every vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYour options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"product-options\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e0-300KG\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLYEK4805A1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e300-600KG\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITMYEK4805A2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e600KG+\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITXYEK4805A3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the springs and shocks work together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support your vehicle and the equipment you carry. The shocks control that movement, helping the vehicle settle after a bump instead of continuing to bounce. Nitrocharger damping is developed for the vehicle and its intended load, with matched springs and shocks working together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the right springs for your regular load, the shocks can keep your vehicle more settled over rough roads. You get a more comfortable drive as well as the extra ground clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe selector offers 0-300KG, 300-600KG and 600KG+ rear-load versions. Base your choice on the weight your D-Max normally carries, including fitted accessories, rather than the heaviest load you might carry once. These are suspension selection categories, not new legal payload allowances. This kit is for a vehicle without a front bar; bar-equipped builds need a different front spring specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 30 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIsuzu D-Max Double Cab 2012-2020, without a front bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoice of 0-300KG, 300-600KG or 600KG+ rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 30 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"0-300KG","offer_id":54818875343190,"sku":"XSANITLYEK4805A1","price":1685.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"300-600KG","offer_id":54818875375958,"sku":"XSANITMYEK4805A2","price":1443.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"600KG+","offer_id":54818875408726,"sku":"XSANITXYEK4805A3","price":1387.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/old_man_emu_nitrocharger_2_1.png?v=1785100565"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-0-300kg-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk5-6-2012-2019","title":"OME Ranger Mk5-6 2012-2019 40mm Lift | 0-300kg","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your Ranger more enjoyable on the road and off it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a Ranger carrying up to 300 kg in the rear, this Old Man Emu Nitrocharger package combines an approximately 40 mm lift with springs and damping developed to work together. It is a useful upgrade when you want more from your truck on rough tracks while still enjoying the journey there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITLYEK5005D1\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSuspension that suits how you use your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe springs support the load; the dampers control how the suspension moves after a bump. Choosing them as a matched OME package helps you get a coherent upgrade, with the focus on road handling and off-road comfort as well as the approximately 40 mm increase in ride height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right rear-load option\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is the 0-300 kg rear-load version for a Mk5-6 Double Cab Ranger from 2012-2019. Include regularly carried equipment when assessing the rear load, rather than treating 300 kg as an increase to your payload. A truck with a permanently heavy rear installation needs springs selected for that heavier load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and alignment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and a wheel alignment help you get the benefit of the new suspension. Final ride height depends on the vehicle, its existing suspension and the weight fitted to it; the quoted lift is approximate. Spring load ratings do not change the vehicle's legal gross weight, axle limits or payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk5-6 Double Cab, 2012-2019\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSuspension range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDefault Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLYEK5005D1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the rear-load option?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the weight of the equipment and loads you regularly carry at the rear. Heavier-rated springs are selected to support a heavier load; choosing them for a lightly loaded truck can compromise the comfort you are trying to improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill I get exactly the quoted lift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lift is approximate. The vehicle's existing ride height, spring condition and accessory weight affect the final result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vehicle's original gross-weight and axle limits still apply. This is a suspension upgrade, rather than approval to exceed those limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a kit for every cab style?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the Mk5-6 Double Cab, 2012-2019 application. The springs and kit choice are specific to that vehicle configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818875441494,"sku":"XSANITLYEK5005D1","price":1341.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/old_man_emu_nitrocharger_2.png?v=1785100566"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-30-45mm-lift-front-bar-only-toyota-hilux-mk7-2011-2016","title":"OME Hilux Mk7 2011-2016 30\/45mm Lift | Front Bar","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet more from your Hilux with suspension matched to its load\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour Hilux can be a work truck during the week and take you away at the weekend. This Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit gives it a matched spring and damper package for both jobs, with an approximately 30\/45 mm lift and front springs selected for a vehicle carrying a front bar. Choose the rear-load option that suits the equipment you carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYour options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"product-options\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e200-400kg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITMYEK1406B2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e400-600kg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITPYEK1406B3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e0-300KG\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLYEK1406B1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e600KG+\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITXYEK1406B4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSuspension that suits how you use your Hilux\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a rough lane or a longer drive with the truck loaded, well-matched damping helps keep suspension movement controlled. OME develops its springs and shocks together, giving you a useful combination of load support and ride control instead of simply making the vehicle taller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right rear-load option\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe selector offers 0-300KG, 200-400kg, 400-600kg and 600KG+. These are the actual rear-load choices for this kit, including the overlapping lighter ranges. Base your choice on your usual equipment and loads, rather than the vehicle's total weight. This is the front-bar-only version, so the front accessory configuration matters as much as the rear selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and alignment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and a wheel alignment help you get the benefit of the new suspension. Final ride height depends on the vehicle, its existing suspension and the weight fitted to it; the quoted lift is approximate. Spring load ratings do not change the vehicle's legal gross weight, axle limits or payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux Mk7 Double Cab, 2011-2016\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSuspension range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFront accessory configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront bar fitted; front-bar-only version\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\/45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200-400kg, 400-600kg, 0-300KG, 600KG+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITMYEK1406B2, XSANITPYEK1406B3, XSANITLYEK1406B1, XSANITXYEK1406B4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the rear-load option?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the weight of the equipment and loads you regularly carry at the rear. Heavier-rated springs are selected to support a heavier load; choosing them for a lightly loaded truck can compromise the comfort you are trying to improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill I get exactly the quoted lift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lift is approximate. The vehicle's existing ride height, spring condition and accessory weight affect the final result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vehicle's original gross-weight and axle limits still apply. This is a suspension upgrade, rather than approval to exceed those limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a kit for every cab style?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the Mk7 Double Cab, 2011-2016 application. The springs and kit choice are specific to that vehicle configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich front configuration is this version for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFront bar fitted; front-bar-only version. The front springs need to suit the weight of the accessories fitted there.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"200-400kg","offer_id":54818875474262,"sku":"XSANITMYEK1406B2","price":1313.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"400-600kg","offer_id":54818875507030,"sku":"XSANITPYEK1406B3","price":1328.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"0-300KG","offer_id":54818875539798,"sku":"XSANITLYEK1406B1","price":1313.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"600KG+","offer_id":54818875572566,"sku":"XSANITXYEK1406B4","price":1384.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/ezgif.com-webp-to-jpg_15__3.jpg?v=1785100567"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-30-45mm-lift-no-front-bar-toyota-hilux-mk7-2011-2016","title":"OME Hilux Mk7 2011-2016 30\/45mm Lift | No Front Bar","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy a more capable Hilux without adding a front bar\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your Hilux still has its original front bumper, this is the Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit for that configuration. It combines matched springs and dampers with an approximately 30\/45 mm lift, giving you an upgrade aimed at everyday handling and off-road comfort. Four rear-load selections let you choose around your tools, accessories and touring equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYour options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"product-options\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e200-400kg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITMYEK1406A2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e400-600kg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITPYEK1406A3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e0-300KG\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLYEK1406A1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e600KG+\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITXYEK1406A4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSuspension that suits how you use your Hilux\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou do not have to turn your Hilux into a permanently heavy build to benefit from a suspension upgrade. The Nitrocharger package is designed to control suspension movement on the road and on uneven tracks, while the selected rear springs provide the support appropriate to your usual load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right rear-load option\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose from 0-300KG, 200-400kg, 400-600kg and 600KG+. The lighter options overlap, so the decision should reflect how you normally load the rear of your Hilux. Front springs in this version are selected for a vehicle without a front bar. If you add a bar later, the spring choice needs to reflect its extra weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and alignment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and a wheel alignment help you get the benefit of the new suspension. Final ride height depends on the vehicle, its existing suspension and the weight fitted to it; the quoted lift is approximate. Spring load ratings do not change the vehicle's legal gross weight, axle limits or payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux Mk7 Double Cab, 2011-2016\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSuspension range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFront accessory configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo front bar fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\/45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200-400kg, 400-600kg, 0-300KG, 600KG+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITMYEK1406A2, XSANITPYEK1406A3, XSANITLYEK1406A1, XSANITXYEK1406A4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the rear-load option?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the weight of the equipment and loads you regularly carry at the rear. Heavier-rated springs are selected to support a heavier load; choosing them for a lightly loaded truck can compromise the comfort you are trying to improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill I get exactly the quoted lift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lift is approximate. The vehicle's existing ride height, spring condition and accessory weight affect the final result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vehicle's original gross-weight and axle limits still apply. This is a suspension upgrade, rather than approval to exceed those limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a kit for every cab style?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the Mk7 Double Cab, 2011-2016 application. The springs and kit choice are specific to that vehicle configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich front configuration is this version for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo front bar fitted. The front springs need to suit the weight of the accessories fitted there.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"200-400kg","offer_id":54818875605334,"sku":"XSANITMYEK1406A2","price":1310.57,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"400-600kg","offer_id":54818875638102,"sku":"XSANITPYEK1406A3","price":1326.04,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"0-300KG","offer_id":54818875670870,"sku":"XSANITLYEK1406A1","price":1310.57,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"600KG+","offer_id":54818875703638,"sku":"XSANITXYEK1406A4","price":1381.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/ezgif.com-webp-to-jpg_15__2_2.png?v=1785100569"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-nitrocharger-30mm-lift-with-front-bar-winch-only-isuzu-d-max-mk4-5-2012-2020","title":"OME D-Max Mk4-5 2012-2020 30mm Lift | Bar \u0026 Winch","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy your D-Max with the equipment you actually carry\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA front bar, winch and a bed full of equipment change how your D-Max feels. This Old Man Emu Nitrocharger kit matches the suspension to that added front weight, with a choice of rear-load options for the way you use your truck. You get an approximately 30 mm lift and a suspension package developed for comfort on rough tracks as well as control on the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYour options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"product-options\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e0-300KG\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLYEK4805C1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e300-600KG\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITMYEK4805C2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e600KG+\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITXYEK4805C3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSuspension that suits how you use your D-Max\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen your D-Max is carrying the accessories you wanted, you should still enjoy driving it. The matched springs and Nitrocharger damping support the vehicle while controlling suspension movement over bumps and uneven surfaces. That makes the upgrade about how the truck behaves on a journey, as well as the extra ride height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right rear-load option\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose 0-300KG, 300-600KG or 600KG+ in the selector. Think about the equipment you regularly carry in the rear, including a canopy, tools, drawers and touring kit, rather than picking the heaviest option just because it is available. This version is specifically for a D-Max with both a front bar and winch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and alignment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and a wheel alignment help you get the benefit of the new suspension. Final ride height depends on the vehicle, its existing suspension and the weight fitted to it; the quoted lift is approximate. Spring load ratings do not change the vehicle's legal gross weight, axle limits or payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIsuzu D-Max Mk4-5 Double Cab, 2012-2020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSuspension range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu Nitrocharger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFront accessory configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront bar and winch fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300KG, 300-600KG, 600KG+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLYEK4805C1, XSANITMYEK4805C2, XSANITXYEK4805C3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the rear-load option?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the weight of the equipment and loads you regularly carry at the rear. Heavier-rated springs are selected to support a heavier load; choosing them for a lightly loaded truck can compromise the comfort you are trying to improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill I get exactly the quoted lift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lift is approximate. The vehicle's existing ride height, spring condition and accessory weight affect the final result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vehicle's original gross-weight and axle limits still apply. This is a suspension upgrade, rather than approval to exceed those limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a kit for every cab style?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the Mk4-5 Double Cab, 2012-2020 application. The springs and kit choice are specific to that vehicle configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"0-300KG","offer_id":54818875736406,"sku":"XSANITLYEK4805C1","price":1314.13,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"300-600KG","offer_id":54818875769174,"sku":"XSANITMYEK4805C2","price":1275.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"600KG+","offer_id":54818875801942,"sku":"XSANITXYEK4805C3","price":1386.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/ezgif.com-webp-to-jpg_15__2.jpg?v=1785100570"},{"product_id":"ome-suspension-kit-front-bar-rear-load-under-300kg-30-40mm-lift-defender","title":"OME Defender 110 Suspension Kit | Front Bar, Under 300kg","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy your Defender with the equipment you carry\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA front bar and regular equipment change how your Defender feels. This Old Man Emu kit matches the suspension to the classic coil-sprung Defender 110 with a front bar and rear loads under 300 kg, giving you an approximately 30-40 mm lift and a matched spring-and-shock package for road journeys and rough tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITMLR110K\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort and control for your Defender\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front and rear springs support the specified accessory and rear load, while the matched shock absorbers control suspension movement over bumps and uneven ground. That makes the upgrade useful on the way to your destination as well as once you leave the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose it for the load you regularly carry\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is for a front bar and a rear load under 300 kg. Think about the equipment you carry regularly, including tools, drawers and camping kit. Matching the springs to that weight is more useful than choosing a heavier load rating for equipment you rarely take. The load band is a suspension selection, not an increase to the vehicle's legal payload.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe parts supplied together\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes a pair of front coil springs, two front shock absorbers, a pair of rear coil springs and two rear shock absorbers. The upper shock mount kit and two coil-seat packers are also included, giving your installer the listed components for this suspension package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and ride height\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximately 30-40 mm lift depends on the vehicle's existing condition and actual load. We recommend professional fitting, followed by checks of alignment, suspension travel, brake-line clearance and the rest of the vehicle's setup. This is the classic coil-sprung Defender 110 application, distinct from the newer Defender platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITMLR110K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClassic coil-sprung Land Rover Defender 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFront configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront bar fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear load selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30-40 mm, dependent on vehicle and load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFront springs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFront shock absorbers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear springs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear shock absorbers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eUpper shock mount kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCoil-seat packers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatched Old Man Emu spring-and-shock package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional fitting and vehicle setup checks recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right load version for my Defender?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the front-bar version with rear loads under 300 kg. Choose it around the equipment you regularly carry and the actual front accessory configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFront and rear coil-spring pairs, four shock absorbers, the upper shock mount kit and two coil-seat packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 30-40 mm. The final height depends on the existing suspension condition and the weight carried by your Defender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe load band helps select suitable suspension. It does not change the Defender's legal payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the newer Defender?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the classic coil-sprung Defender 110. The newer Defender platform requires its own suspension components.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818875834710,"sku":"XSANITMLR110K","price":1036.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/defender_1_1.png?v=1785100573"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-suspension-kit-medium-rear-load-200kg-50mm-lift-coils-only-land-rover-discovery-3-2005-o","title":"Old Man Emu Suspension Kit Medium Rear Load (200kg) 50mm Lift Coils Only Land Rover Discovery 3 (2005 Onwards)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eChoose coils for your Discovery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit the matching Old Man Emu front and rear coil springs to your Discovery 3. This coils-only package supplies one front pair and one rear pair, with a 50 mm lift specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITLRDS4MK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is for vehicles with coil suspension and without front bars installed. Select the rear-load specification around the regular weight your Discovery carries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLRDS4MK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLand Rover Discovery 3, 2005 onwards, coil suspension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront coil-spring pair and rear coil-spring pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear load selection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium, 200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift specification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront-bar condition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable with front bars installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818875867478,"sku":"XSANITLRDS4MK","price":414.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/rav4_2.png?v=1785100574"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-suspension-kit-medium-rear-load-50mm-lift-coils-only-land-rover-discovery-3-2005-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu Suspension Kit Medium Rear Load 50mm Lift Coils Only Land Rover Discovery 3 (2005 Onwards)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eChoose coils for your Discovery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit the matching Old Man Emu front and rear coil springs to your Discovery 3. This coils-only package supplies one front pair and one rear pair, with a 50 mm lift specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSANITLRDS4LK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is for vehicles with coil suspension and without front bars installed. Select the rear-load specification around the regular weight your Discovery carries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSANITLRDS4LK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLand Rover Discovery 3, 2005 onwards, coil suspension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront coil-spring pair and rear coil-spring pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear load selection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift specification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront-bar condition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable with front bars installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818875900246,"sku":"XSANITLRDS4LK","price":414.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/rav4_1.png?v=1785100575"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-coil-over-strut-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards-right-hand-side","title":"OME BP-51 BP5190015R Front Right Coilover - Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your Ranger or Amarok more comfortable and controlled\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a smoother ride on everyday roads and more control when the track gets rough. This right front OME BP-51 coilover is for the Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards. Its adjustable damping lets you fine-tune how your suspension feels as your regular load and driving conditions change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSBBP5190015R\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort over small bumps, control over bigger movements\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInternal bypass passages let oil move more freely around normal ride height, helping absorb ripples and smaller bumps. As the suspension gets closer to full compression or extension, damping increases to give more control. You feel the benefit in the way the vehicle handles changing terrain, rather than having to choose one fixed setting for every trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjust the ride to suit your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes resistance as the suspension compresses. Rebound adjustment controls how quickly it returns after a bump. Both can be adjusted independently on the vehicle, so you can start with the recommended OME settings and make careful changes to suit your springs, accessories and preferred ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eManage heat on longer rough sections\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 51 mm bore and remote reservoir provide useful oil volume, while the 6061 anodised aluminium body helps dissipate heat and resist corrosion. The remote reservoir also keeps the gas chamber outside the main damper body, leaving more room for damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit it as part of a matched suspension system\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this right front unit alongside the correct springs and OME VM80010053 fitting kit for your vehicle. Professional installation helps get reservoir routing, clearances and suspension travel right. Set preload using the vehicle and load guidance, then check alignment. Damping adjustment changes ride control; preload and spring choice determine the supported ride height. The matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-coil-over-strut-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards-left-hand-side\"\u003eleft front BP-51\u003c\/a\u003e is also available for the same vehicle application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSBBP5190015R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP5190015R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3, 2023 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront, right side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne coilover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, gas-pressurised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6061 anodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReservoir\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote oil reservoir\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamping adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent compression and rebound; adjustable on vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching fit kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVM80010053; choose separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoilover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended \/ compressed damper length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e569 \/ 437 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this one unit or a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing supplies one right front coilover, part number BP5190015R. Match the other side and the required fitting kit separately when assembling a complete suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted on the vehicle. Start with the vehicle-specific OME settings, change one adjustment at a time and check how it feels under the same driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between compression and rebound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression controls resistance when the wheel moves up into the suspension. Rebound controls how quickly it comes back down. Getting both right helps balance comfort, body control and repeated bumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it lift my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRide height depends on spring and preload selection, fitted accessories and vehicle weight. Use the OME setup guidance rather than treating damping adjustment as a lift-height control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for a loaded touring vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustment range is useful for vehicles with accessories or regular extra load. Choose springs for the weight that is actually fitted, then set compression and rebound to suit. It does not increase the vehicle payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does fitting involve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle-specific VM80010053 fitting kit and instructions, with the reservoir and hose routed away from rubbing or heat. Have the completed installation checked for full suspension movement and clearances. A wheel alignment should follow front suspension work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818879734102,"sku":"XSSBBP5190015R","price":812.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/bp-1.png?v=1785100700"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-coil-over-strut-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards-left-hand-side","title":"OME BP-51 BP5190015L Front Left Coilover - Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your Ranger or Amarok more comfortable and controlled\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a smoother ride on everyday roads and more control when the track gets rough. This left front OME BP-51 coilover is for the Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards. Its adjustable damping lets you fine-tune how your suspension feels as your regular load and driving conditions change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSBBP5190015L\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort over small bumps, control over bigger movements\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInternal bypass passages let oil move more freely around normal ride height, helping absorb ripples and smaller bumps. As the suspension gets closer to full compression or extension, damping increases to give more control. You feel the benefit in the way the vehicle handles changing terrain, rather than having to choose one fixed setting for every trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjust the ride to suit your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes resistance as the suspension compresses. Rebound adjustment controls how quickly it returns after a bump. Both can be adjusted independently on the vehicle, so you can start with the recommended OME settings and make careful changes to suit your springs, accessories and preferred ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eManage heat on longer rough sections\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 51 mm bore and remote reservoir provide useful oil volume, while the 6061 anodised aluminium body helps dissipate heat and resist corrosion. The remote reservoir also keeps the gas chamber outside the main damper body, leaving more room for damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit it as part of a matched suspension system\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this left front unit alongside the correct springs and OME VM80010053 fitting kit for your vehicle. Professional installation helps get reservoir routing, clearances and suspension travel right. Set preload using the vehicle and load guidance, then check alignment. Damping adjustment changes ride control; preload and spring choice determine the supported ride height. The matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-coil-over-strut-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards-right-hand-side\"\u003eright front BP-51\u003c\/a\u003e is also available for the same vehicle application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSBBP5190015L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP5190015L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3, 2023 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront, left side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne coilover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, gas-pressurised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6061 anodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReservoir\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote oil reservoir\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamping adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent compression and rebound; adjustable on vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching fit kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVM80010053; choose separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoilover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtended \/ compressed damper length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e569 \/ 437 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this one unit or a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing supplies one left front coilover, part number BP5190015L. Match the other side and the required fitting kit separately when assembling a complete suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted on the vehicle. Start with the vehicle-specific OME settings, change one adjustment at a time and check how it feels under the same driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between compression and rebound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression controls resistance when the wheel moves up into the suspension. Rebound controls how quickly it comes back down. Getting both right helps balance comfort, body control and repeated bumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it lift my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRide height depends on spring and preload selection, fitted accessories and vehicle weight. Use the OME setup guidance rather than treating damping adjustment as a lift-height control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for a loaded touring vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustment range is useful for vehicles with accessories or regular extra load. Choose springs for the weight that is actually fitted, then set compression and rebound to suit. It does not increase the vehicle payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does fitting involve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle-specific VM80010053 fitting kit and instructions, with the reservoir and hose routed away from rubbing or heat. Have the completed installation checked for full suspension movement and clearances. A wheel alignment should follow front suspension work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818879766870,"sku":"XSSBBP5190015L","price":812.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/bpl-1.png?v=1785100701"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-rear-fit-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards","title":"OME BP-51 Rear Fitting Kit - Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3 | VM80010052","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your BP-51 rear upgrade the correct mounting hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe remote reservoirs are an important part of the BP-51 installation. VM80010052 is the matched rear fitting kit for the Ford Ranger Mk8 and Volkswagen Amarok Mk3, 2023 onwards, giving the reservoir mounting the application-specific hardware it needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSVM80010052\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatched rear suspension components\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current OME application pairs this fitting kit with BP5160055L and BP5160055R rear dampers. Fit the kit with those components and route the reservoirs and hoses to their instructions, with clearance checked through the suspension movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSVM80010052\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVM80010052\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3, 2023 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSuspension family\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu BP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatched rear dampers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP5160055L and BP5160055R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePurchase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication-specific fitting kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the rear shocks included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis purchase is the fitting kit. BP-51 dampers are selected separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit belong at the front?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. VM80010052 is the rear kit for the matched Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3 BP-51 installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818879799638,"sku":"XSSVM80010052","price":49.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/fit_kit_1.png?v=1785100701"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-rear-left-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards","title":"OME BP-51 BP5160055L Rear Left Shock Absorber - Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA smoother ride for you and your passengers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a smoother ride on everyday roads and more control when the track gets rough. This left rear OME BP-51 shock absorber is for the Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards. Its adjustable damping lets you fine-tune how your suspension feels as your regular load and driving conditions change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSBBP5160055L\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort over small bumps, control over bigger movements\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInternal bypass passages let oil move more freely around normal ride height, helping absorb ripples and smaller bumps. As the suspension gets closer to full compression or extension, damping increases to give more control. You feel the benefit in the way the vehicle handles changing terrain, rather than having to choose one fixed setting for every trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjust the ride to suit your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes resistance as the suspension compresses. Rebound adjustment controls how quickly it returns after a bump. Both can be adjusted independently on the vehicle, so you can start with the recommended OME settings and make careful changes to suit your springs, accessories and preferred ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eManage heat on longer rough sections\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 51 mm bore and remote reservoir provide useful oil volume, while the 6061 anodised aluminium body helps dissipate heat and resist corrosion. The remote reservoir also keeps the gas chamber outside the main damper body, leaving more room for damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit it as part of a matched suspension system\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this left rear unit alongside the correct springs and OME VM80010052 fitting kit for your vehicle. Professional installation helps get reservoir routing, clearances and suspension travel right. Match the rear spring load band to the weight your vehicle regularly carries, then set damping to suit. The rear shock controls movement; the springs support the load. The matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-rear-right-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003eright rear BP-51\u003c\/a\u003e is also available for the same vehicle application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSBBP5160055L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP5160055L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3, 2023 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear, left side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne shock absorber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, gas-pressurised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6061 anodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReservoir\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote oil reservoir\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamping adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent compression and rebound; adjustable on vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching fit kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVM80010052; choose separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear damper; spring separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this one unit or a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing supplies one left rear shock absorber, part number BP5160055L. Match the other side and the required fitting kit separately when assembling a complete suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted on the vehicle. Start with the vehicle-specific OME settings, change one adjustment at a time and check how it feels under the same driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between compression and rebound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression controls resistance when the wheel moves up into the suspension. Rebound controls how quickly it comes back down. Getting both right helps balance comfort, body control and repeated bumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it lift my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rear springs determine the supported ride height and load capacity. This shock controls how that suspension moves, so choose it alongside the appropriate springs and fitting parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for a loaded touring vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustment range is useful for vehicles with accessories or regular extra load. Choose springs for the weight that is actually fitted, then set compression and rebound to suit. It does not increase the vehicle payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does fitting involve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle-specific VM80010052 fitting kit and instructions, with the reservoir and hose routed away from rubbing or heat. Have the completed installation checked for full suspension movement and clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818879832406,"sku":"XSSBBP5160055L","price":519.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/bp_new_1.png?v=1785100703"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-rear-right-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards","title":"OME BP-51 BP5160055R Rear Right Shock Absorber - Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA smoother ride for you and your passengers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a smoother ride on everyday roads and more control when the track gets rough. This right rear OME BP-51 shock absorber is for the Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards. Its adjustable damping lets you fine-tune how your suspension feels as your regular load and driving conditions change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSBBP5160055R\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort over small bumps, control over bigger movements\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInternal bypass passages let oil move more freely around normal ride height, helping absorb ripples and smaller bumps. As the suspension gets closer to full compression or extension, damping increases to give more control. You feel the benefit in the way the vehicle handles changing terrain, rather than having to choose one fixed setting for every trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjust the ride to suit your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes resistance as the suspension compresses. Rebound adjustment controls how quickly it returns after a bump. Both can be adjusted independently on the vehicle, so you can start with the recommended OME settings and make careful changes to suit your springs, accessories and preferred ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eManage heat on longer rough sections\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 51 mm bore and remote reservoir provide useful oil volume, while the 6061 anodised aluminium body helps dissipate heat and resist corrosion. The remote reservoir also keeps the gas chamber outside the main damper body, leaving more room for damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit it as part of a matched suspension system\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this right rear unit alongside the correct springs and OME VM80010052 fitting kit for your vehicle. Professional installation helps get reservoir routing, clearances and suspension travel right. Match the rear spring load band to the weight your vehicle regularly carries, then set damping to suit. The rear shock controls movement; the springs support the load. The matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-rear-left-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003eleft rear BP-51\u003c\/a\u003e is also available for the same vehicle application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSBBP5160055R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP5160055R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3, 2023 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear, right side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne shock absorber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, gas-pressurised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6061 anodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReservoir\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote oil reservoir\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamping adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent compression and rebound; adjustable on vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching fit kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVM80010052; choose separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear damper; spring separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this one unit or a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing supplies one right rear shock absorber, part number BP5160055R. Match the other side and the required fitting kit separately when assembling a complete suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted on the vehicle. Start with the vehicle-specific OME settings, change one adjustment at a time and check how it feels under the same driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between compression and rebound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression controls resistance when the wheel moves up into the suspension. Rebound controls how quickly it comes back down. Getting both right helps balance comfort, body control and repeated bumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it lift my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rear springs determine the supported ride height and load capacity. This shock controls how that suspension moves, so choose it alongside the appropriate springs and fitting parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for a loaded touring vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustment range is useful for vehicles with accessories or regular extra load. Choose springs for the weight that is actually fitted, then set compression and rebound to suit. It does not increase the vehicle payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does fitting involve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle-specific VM80010052 fitting kit and instructions, with the reservoir and hose routed away from rubbing or heat. Have the completed installation checked for full suspension movement and clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818879865174,"sku":"XSSBBP5160055R","price":519.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/bp_new.png?v=1785100703"},{"product_id":"arb-coil-spring-rav4-lwb-to-2000-rear","title":"OME 2794 Rear Coil Spring Pair - Toyota RAV4 LWB to 2000","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your RAV4 a properly matched spring upgrade\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTired springs can leave an older RAV4 feeling less settled than it should. These Old Man Emu 2794 rear coils provide a matched spring pair for the Toyota RAV4 LWB to 2000 application, chosen as part of the correct spring and damper combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSC2794\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpring design with long-term use in mind\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMicro-alloyed spring steel, precision forming and a hard-wearing black powder coat give the coils a durable foundation. The springs are shot peened and scragged during manufacture to help manage stress and support spring life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the coils to the rest of the suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 73N\/mm spring rate and specified free heights describe these coils; free spring height is not the amount of lift you will get on the vehicle. Vehicle weight, equipment and the matched damper installation determine the finished result. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/arb-shock-absorber-rav4-rear-for-ome-springs\"\u003eOME031 rear damper\u003c\/a\u003e is a related component for the matching RAV4 OME spring application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit and check the complete installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit the correct pair to the specified axle, then check alignment, clearances and suspension travel. These rear coils are sold as a pair; the dampers and any other required fitting components are selected separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSC2794\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2794\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota RAV4 LWB to 2000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicro-alloyed spring steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73N\/mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFree height A \/ B\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 \/ 255mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWire diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTotal turns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre these supplied as a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. These 2794 coils are supplied as a pair for the listed rear application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the free height tell me the lift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree height measures the unloaded spring. The vehicle ride height depends on its weight, accessories and the complete suspension installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix them with any damper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the damper intended for the same RAV4 application and spring installation, with suitable travel and valving. Matching the components is part of achieving the intended ride.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818880389462,"sku":"XSC2794","price":149.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/2794.png?v=1785100713"},{"product_id":"arb-coil-spring-rav4-all-models-front","title":"OME 2793 Front Coil Spring Pair - Toyota RAV4 to 2000","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your RAV4 a properly matched spring upgrade\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTired springs can leave an older RAV4 feeling less settled than it should. These Old Man Emu 2793 front coils provide a matched spring pair for the Toyota RAV4 to 2000 application, chosen as part of the correct spring and damper combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSC2793\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpring design with long-term use in mind\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMicro-alloyed spring steel, precision forming and a hard-wearing black powder coat give the coils a durable foundation. The springs are shot peened and scragged during manufacture to help manage stress and support spring life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the coils to the rest of the suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 29N\/mm spring rate and specified free heights describe these coils; free spring height is not the amount of lift you will get on the vehicle. Vehicle weight, equipment and the matched damper installation determine the finished result. For a complete suspension refresh, match the rear springs and dampers to the exact RAV4 body and load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit and check the complete installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit the correct pair to the specified axle, then check alignment, clearances and suspension travel. These front coils are sold as a pair; the dampers and any other required fitting components are selected separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSC2793\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2793\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota RAV4 to 2000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicro-alloyed spring steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29N\/mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFree height A \/ B\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 \/ 350mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWire diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTotal turns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre these supplied as a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. These 2793 coils are supplied as a pair for the listed front application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the free height tell me the lift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree height measures the unloaded spring. The vehicle ride height depends on its weight, accessories and the complete suspension installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix them with any damper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the damper intended for the same RAV4 application and spring installation, with suitable travel and valving. Matching the components is part of achieving the intended ride.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818880553302,"sku":"XSC2793","price":149.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/2793.png?v=1785100717"},{"product_id":"ome-nitrocharger-sport-strut-ford-ranger-mk5-7-2012-onwards","title":"OME Nitrocharger Sport Strut Ford Ranger Mk5-7 (2012 Onwards)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKeep your Ranger composed over uneven roads\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eReplace the damping component with an Old Man Emu Nitrocharger Sport strut for your Ford Ranger Mk5-7 from 2012. A strut controls suspension movement as the wheel travels over uneven ground, helping the vehicle settle after bumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSN90039\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a strut component for a matching suspension installation. Select the springs and other suspension parts around your vehicle and the load it carries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSN90039\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied item\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrocharger Sport strut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk5-7, 2012 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818880586070,"sku":"XSSN90039","price":168.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xssn90039_1.png?v=1785100717"},{"product_id":"ome-omegp9-greasable-pin-kit","title":"OME Greasable Leaf Spring Pin Kit - OMEGP9","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake leaf spring bush servicing less of a job\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeaf spring bushes need periodic lubrication. The Old Man Emu OMEGP9 greasable pin kit provides the matched hardware to make that servicing easier, allowing the intended bush contact areas to be greased without dismantling the pin arrangement each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSSOMEGP9\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eService the bush contact areas\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pin design provides the intended grease path for the matching bush arrangement. Use the specified bushes, lubrication method and service intervals so the parts can move as intended and remain properly maintained.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the pin to the suspension application\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe regional application includes specified Isuzu D-Max and Rodeo leaf spring installations. Use the exact OME spring, bush and pin selection for the vehicle rather than assuming every leaf spring uses the same dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSSOMEGP9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOMEGP9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreasable leaf spring pin kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eListed vehicle families\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecified Isuzu D-Max \/ Rodeo applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLubrication of matching bush contact areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExact spring, bush and vehicle application required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of a greasable pin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt allows the intended bush contact surfaces to be lubricated during servicing without removing the pin arrangement each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use any replacement bush?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the bush specified for the pin and the fitted spring system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every D-Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the exact year, cab and OME suspension application. The D-Max range includes different spring and bush arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818880651606,"sku":"XSSSOMEGP9","price":68.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/greas_pin.png?v=1785100719"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-front-fit-kit-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"OME BP-51 Front Fitting Kit - Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit your BP-51 suspension with the hardware designed for it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA good suspension installation needs the right fitting components as well as the dampers. VM80010053 is the front fitting kit specified for the matched BP-51 installation on the Ranger Mk8 and Amarok Mk3 applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSVM80010053\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePart of the BP-51 front installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit belongs with the corresponding BP-51 front coilovers, rather than a general strut or shock installation. Selecting the matched components together helps your fitter complete the system to the OME instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the application exact\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the kit with the specified vehicle and BP-51 part combination. The front and rear fitting kits are different components, and a Raptor or another suspension family should not be assumed to use the same hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSVM80010053\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVM80010053\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSuspension range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu BP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront fitting kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eListed application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatched Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3 BP-51 installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRequired components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorresponding BP-51 front coilovers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the BP-51 coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the fitting kit. The matched front BP-51 coilovers form the rest of that installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for Nitrocharger suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the hardware specified for that suspension range. VM80010053 is the matched BP-51 front fitting kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it the same as the rear fitting kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFront and rear kits are different. Use the kit specified for the position and BP-51 components being installed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818881569110,"sku":"XSSVM80010053","price":110.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/fit_kit_1_2ebd8cfc-cf12-438b-bacf-303663f01864.png?v=1785100749"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-93053-nitrocharger-plus-shock-absorber-strut-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards","title":"OME Nitrocharger Plus 93053 Front Strut - Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy a more controlled drive with front suspension that works together\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen you add accessories or change ride height, the front springs and dampers need to suit one another. The Nitrocharger Plus 93053 front strut is designed for the corresponding OME suspension combination on your Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3, 2023 onwards. It gives you the damper choice for that build, with twin-tube, gas-charged construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSN93053\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the ride that suits your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 93053 is the firmer-valved choice in this application. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-93052-nitrocharger-plus-shock-absorber-strut-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003e93052 front strut\u003c\/a\u003e is the alternative listed alongside it. Choose by how you use the vehicle and the complete spring combination; the firmer damper is not a substitute for choosing springs to support the actual accessory weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the springs and mounting components\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the OME springs specified for this strut; this application is not compatible with the original-equipment coils. The original top hat, dirt shield and bump stop are reused when suitable, and top-mount bushes are not supplied with the strut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn the four-cylinder Ranger, the spring-seat configuration is adjusted as specified to achieve the listed lift. The 20mm \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-4028-nitro-plus-20mm-front-coil-spring-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003eOME 4028 front coils\u003c\/a\u003e are one lower-lift option within the corresponding OME system; select the full spring and damper application together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe OME front spring chart is based on a Summit bar. With a Sahara bar, choose one spring step lower as specified for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFinish the upgrade properly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe strut has an open length of 560mm and closed length of 391mm, with a pin upper and eye lower mounting arrangement. Those measurements help identify the damper; the chosen springs and spring-seat configuration determine the vehicle's ride height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and alignment help get the full benefit of the upgrade. The installer should check spring seating, mounting condition and suspension clearances, then inspect the fasteners as part of normal servicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSN93053\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93053\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3; 2023 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrocharger Plus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin-tube, gas charged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eValving choice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmer ride option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpen \/ closed length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560mm \/ 391mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePin upper \/ eye lower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring requirement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatched OME coils; not compatible with OE coils in this application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReused components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOE top hat, dirt shield and bump stop, if serviceable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTop-mount bushes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied with strut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation condition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecified spring-seat setting for four-cylinder Ranger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBar-dependent spring selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummit-bar chart; Sahara bar uses one spring step lower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the strut set the lift height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe selected springs and spring-seat configuration establish the ride height. Match them to this damper using the correct OME application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I retain the factory springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis OME application requires the specified OME coils. It is not compatible with the original-equipment coils.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a complete new top mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTop-mount bushes are not supplied. The original top hat, dirt shield and bump stop are reused if they are suitable for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is different about 93053?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e93053 is the firmer-valved option listed alongside 93052. Choose the ride preference and spring combination together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818881634646,"sku":"XSSN93053","price":228.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/nitro_1_1.png?v=1785100752"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-93052-nitrocharger-plus-shock-absorber-strut-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards","title":"OME Nitrocharger Plus 93052 Front Strut - Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoy a more controlled drive with front suspension that works together\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen you add accessories or change ride height, the front springs and dampers need to suit one another. The Nitrocharger Plus 93052 front strut is designed for the corresponding OME suspension combination on your Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3, 2023 onwards. It gives you the damper choice for that build, with twin-tube, gas-charged construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSN93052\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the ride that suits your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 93052 is listed alongside the firmer-valved \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-93053-nitrocharger-plus-shock-absorber-strut-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003e93053 front strut\u003c\/a\u003e for this application. Choose the damper and springs around how you use the vehicle. A firmer damper is not automatically better for an otherwise lightly equipped pickup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the springs and mounting components\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the OME springs specified for this strut; this application is not compatible with the original-equipment coils. The original top hat, dirt shield and bump stop are reused when suitable, and top-mount bushes are not supplied with the strut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn the four-cylinder Ranger, the spring-seat configuration is adjusted as specified to achieve the listed lift. The 20mm \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-4028-nitro-plus-20mm-front-coil-spring-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwards\"\u003eOME 4028 front coils\u003c\/a\u003e are one lower-lift option within the corresponding OME system; select the full spring and damper application together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe OME front spring chart is based on a Summit bar. With a Sahara bar, choose one spring step lower as specified for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFinish the upgrade properly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe strut has an open length of 560mm and closed length of 391mm, with a pin upper and eye lower mounting arrangement. Those measurements help identify the damper; the chosen springs and spring-seat configuration determine the vehicle's ride height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and alignment help get the full benefit of the upgrade. The installer should check spring seating, mounting condition and suspension clearances, then inspect the fasteners as part of normal servicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSN93052\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93052\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3; 2023 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrocharger Plus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin-tube, gas charged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eValving choice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication-specific OME valving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOpen \/ closed length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560mm \/ 391mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePin upper \/ eye lower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring requirement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatched OME coils; not compatible with OE coils in this application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReused components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOE top hat, dirt shield and bump stop, if serviceable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTop-mount bushes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied with strut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation condition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecified spring-seat setting for four-cylinder Ranger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBar-dependent spring selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummit-bar chart; Sahara bar uses one spring step lower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the strut set the lift height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe selected springs and spring-seat configuration establish the ride height. Match them to this damper using the correct OME application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I retain the factory springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis OME application requires the specified OME coils. It is not compatible with the original-equipment coils.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a complete new top mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTop-mount bushes are not supplied. The original top hat, dirt shield and bump stop are reused if they are suitable for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is different about 93053?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e93053 is the firmer-valved option listed alongside 93052. Choose the ride preference and spring combination together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818881765718,"sku":"XSSN93052","price":228.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/nitro_1_1__1.png?v=1785100756"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-63172-nitrocharger-plus-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onward","title":"OME 63172 Rear Nitrocharger Plus Shock - Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your rear suspension the control to match the springs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSprings carry the weight; dampers control the movement. The OME 63172 Nitrocharger Plus rear shock is matched to the specified Ranger Mk8 and Amarok Mk3 2023+ suspension application, helping the suspension settle after bumps rather than continuing to bounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSN63172\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTuning for the vehicle and spring selection\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOME develops its valving around the vehicle, springs and carried load. The 63172 is the specified rear damper choice for its application; different load selections can call for different valving, so choose it with the rear spring system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA durable damper for rougher roads\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe twin-tube construction places an outer reserve tube around the internal working components. Heavy-gauge steel adds strength, and the high-flow piston design helps manage aeration and oil temperature during repeated suspension movement. Vehicle-specific rubber and polyurethane bush components suit the mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit the right component in the right position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a gas-pressure rear damper with top and bottom eye mounts, rather than a spring-bearing front strut. Use the exact OME application and check the complete suspension installation, including bushes, travel and fasteners. The Raptor uses a different suspension arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSN63172\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63172\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrocharger Plus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecified Ranger Mk8 \/ Amarok Mk3 2023+ installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin-tube gas-pressure damper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop eye \/ bottom eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring carriage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper does not carry a coil spring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatch valving to the prescribed spring and load application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a spring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the rear damper. Select the matched rear spring system separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this suit a Ranger Raptor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the Raptor-specific suspension application. The 63172 here is for the specified leaf-spring Ranger Mk8 and Amarok Mk3 system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does load selection matter for a damper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe damper needs to control the fitted spring and vehicle load. OME offers different valving selections where the load and spring combination require them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a front strut?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the rear eye-to-eye damper for the specified application. The front suspension uses its own components.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818881896790,"sku":"XSSN63172","price":106.21,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/63172_1.png?v=1785100759"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-mt64-suspension-kit-0-300-kg-rear-load-volkswagen-amarok-mk3-2023-onwards","title":"Old Man Emu MT64 Suspension Kit - Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 Double Cab 2023+ - 0-300 kg rear load","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your Amarok more comfortable on the road and the rough tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Old Man Emu MT64 kit suits an Amarok with a 0-300 kg rear load, combining a matched spring package with large-bore dampers. It is a useful step for a vehicle that carries modest work or touring equipment and needs better suspension control without choosing springs intended for a permanently heavy build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSAMT64MFORA8DK\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore consistent control on rough roads\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MT64's 64 mm internal bore gives the monotube shock absorber a substantial working piston and oil capacity. As the suspension works over repeated bumps, its aluminium body helps release heat so the damping stays more consistent. That helps keep your vehicle settled over a longer stretch of rough road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dampers can be rebuilt, so you can have them serviced as you put more miles on your vehicle. The matched springs carry your normal equipment load; the dampers control how the suspension responds as the road changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 0-300 kg rear-load specification is for a lighter equipment or cargo setup. Include the weight of permanent accessories as well as the load you usually carry. If your vehicle carries a heavier rear load all the time, use a kit chosen for that weight; buying the stiffest springs by default can cost you comfort when lightly loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and looking after your suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the kit installed and aligned with your normal equipment load taken into account. The 40 mm lift is approximate; actual ride height depends on the vehicle, accessories and load. Check brake-line, driveline and tyre clearances as part of the installation, then follow the fitting instructions for fastener checks and ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Amarok Mk3 Double Cab 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu MT64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRear-load specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension parts kit; fitting and alignment separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonotube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal damper bore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamper body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eServicing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRebuildable dampers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSAMT64MFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill this increase my legal payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a suspension kit, not a GVM or axle-rating upgrade. Your vehicle, axle and tyre limits still apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it still ride well when the vehicle is empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result depends on matching the spring specification to your usual load. Heavy constant-load springs can feel firm when the equipment they are designed to support is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift does it give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe approximate lift is 40 mm. Actual ride height depends on the starting suspension height, equipment and load, so have it set up and aligned with your normal equipment on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe order is for the suspension parts. Fitting and wheel alignment are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818882027862,"sku":"XSAMT64MFORA8DK","price":2489.34,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/mt064.png?v=1785100766"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-rear-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-right-hand-side","title":"OME BP-51 BP5160027R Rear Right Shock Absorber - Ranger Mk7 2019-2022","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA smoother ride for you and your passengers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a smoother ride on everyday roads and more control when the track gets rough. This right rear OME BP-51 shock absorber is for the Ford Ranger Mk7 2019-2022. Its adjustable damping lets you fine-tune how your suspension feels as your regular load and driving conditions change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSSBP5160027R\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfort over small bumps, control over bigger movements\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInternal bypass passages let oil move more freely around normal ride height, helping absorb ripples and smaller bumps. As the suspension gets closer to full compression or extension, damping increases to give more control. You feel the benefit in the way the vehicle handles changing terrain, rather than having to choose one fixed setting for every trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjust the ride to suit your vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes resistance as the suspension compresses. Rebound adjustment controls how quickly it returns after a bump. Both can be adjusted independently on the vehicle, so you can start with the recommended OME settings and make careful changes to suit your springs, accessories and preferred ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eManage heat on longer rough sections\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 51 mm bore and remote reservoir provide useful oil volume, while the 6061 anodised aluminium body helps dissipate heat and resist corrosion. The remote reservoir also keeps the gas chamber outside the main damper body, leaving more room for damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit it as part of a matched suspension system\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this right rear unit alongside the correct springs and OME VM80010012 fitting kit for your vehicle. Professional installation helps get reservoir routing, clearances and suspension travel right. Match the rear spring load band to the weight your vehicle regularly carries, then set damping to suit. The rear shock controls movement; the springs support the load. The matching \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-rear-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk7-2019-2022-left-hand-side\"\u003eleft rear BP-51\u003c\/a\u003e is also available for the same vehicle application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSSBP5160027R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP5160027R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk7, 2019-2022\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear, right side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne shock absorber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, gas-pressurised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6061 anodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReservoir\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote oil reservoir\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamping adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent compression and rebound; adjustable on vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMatching fit kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVM80010012; choose separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear damper; spring separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this one unit or a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing supplies one right rear shock absorber, part number BP5160027R. Match the other side and the required fitting kit separately when assembling a complete suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted on the vehicle. Start with the vehicle-specific OME settings, change one adjustment at a time and check how it feels under the same driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between compression and rebound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression controls resistance when the wheel moves up into the suspension. Rebound controls how quickly it comes back down. Getting both right helps balance comfort, body control and repeated bumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it lift my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rear springs determine the supported ride height and load capacity. This shock controls how that suspension moves, so choose it alongside the appropriate springs and fitting parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for a loaded touring vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustment range is useful for vehicles with accessories or regular extra load. Choose springs for the weight that is actually fitted, then set compression and rebound to suit. It does not increase the vehicle payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does fitting involve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle-specific VM80010012 fitting kit and instructions, with the reservoir and hose routed away from rubbing or heat. Have the completed installation checked for full suspension movement and clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818882126166,"sku":"XSSBP5160027R","price":519.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/bp5160027l_1_1.png?v=1785100768"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-mt64902001-mt-64-monotube-medium-front-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-202","title":"Old Man Emu MT64902001 MT64 Front Strut - Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA more controlled ride for your daily driving and longer trips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Old Man Emu MT64 front strut gives your pickup a damper designed for everyday driving and demanding touring use. Its large oil capacity and aluminium body help manage heat on repeated bumps, while the preset damping lets you enjoy the vehicle without continually adjusting external settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSAMT64902001FORA8D\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe detail behind the ride\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 64mm internal bore provides room for more oil and larger damping shim stacks. More oil helps manage the heat generated as the suspension repeatedly compresses and extends, while the aerospace-grade aluminium body helps transfer that heat away from the damper. Aluminium dissipates heat 15 times faster than steel, helping the body shed heat during sustained use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 22.5mm piston rod provides a substantial shaft for the assembly. Together, the larger bore and aluminium body help the damper manage repeated movement on rough roads, so your suspension can keep working consistently over longer stretches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSet the spring seat for the setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front strut has six spring-seat positions in 5mm increments. Your installer sets the seat to suit the chosen coil and the weight of fitted front equipment, such as a bar or winch. The resulting ride height depends on the coil and the complete suspension setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDamping is preset. The spring-seat adjustment changes preload and installed height; it is not an external compression or rebound adjustment. Choose the complete spring\/damper arrangement first, then set it up and check alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the correct position and load\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is MT64902001, the front strut for Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards. It is the medium front option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heavier-valved \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-mt64902002-mt-64-monotube-heavy-front-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023\"\u003eMT64902002 front strut\u003c\/a\u003e is another option for the same Ranger\/Amarok application. Choose the spring and damping around the fitted equipment and regular load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit it as part of the suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne damper is supplied. Select the matching axle pair and any springs, bushes and installation hardware separately. A suspension installation should check clearance through travel, mounting torque and alignment where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the damper clean enough to inspect the shaft and seals, and check it during routine servicing. Matching the springs and dampers to your vehicle gives you a suspension setup chosen for comfortable daily driving and control on rougher roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT64902001\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoad\/valving selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonotube gas-pressure damper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal bore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePiston rod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamping adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePreset; no external damping clickers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring-seat positions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSix, in 5mm seat increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSale unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne damper; matching suspension parts separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody material heat dissipation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium: 15 times faster than steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a complete suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is one damper component. Choose the matching springs, axle pair and fitting parts for the complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I set the front spring-seat position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. There are six positions, spaced 5mm apart. Your installer chooses the position for the selected coil and front load; the resulting vehicle ride height depends on the complete suspension setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the damping?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMT64 damping is preset. The front spring seat can be positioned for the selected setup, but this is not a damping adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the load version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the spring and damper together, using the weight of the equipment fitted to your vehicle. MT64902001 is the medium front version; the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-mt64902002-mt-64-monotube-heavy-front-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023\"\u003eheavy-valved MT64902002\u003c\/a\u003e suits the same Ranger\/Amarok application when the suspension setup calls for heavier damping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it increase the vehicle's carrying limit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Damper selection helps the suspension control the vehicle and its permitted load. It does not change approved axle or overall mass limits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818882224470,"sku":"XSAMT64902001FORA8D","price":350.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/mt64_1.png?v=1785100771"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-rear-left-medium-mt-64-monotube-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk8-volkswagen-mk3-2023-onwar","title":"Old Man Emu MT64602003L MT64 Rear left Shock - Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA more controlled ride for your daily driving and longer trips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Old Man Emu MT64 rear left shock gives your pickup a damper designed for everyday driving and demanding touring use. Its large oil capacity and aluminium body help manage heat on repeated bumps, while the preset damping lets you enjoy the vehicle without continually adjusting external settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSAMT64602003LFORA8D\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe detail behind the ride\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 64mm internal bore provides room for more oil and larger damping shim stacks. More oil helps manage the heat generated as the suspension repeatedly compresses and extends, while the aerospace-grade aluminium body helps transfer that heat away from the damper. Aluminium dissipates heat 15 times faster than steel, helping the body shed heat during sustained use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 22.5mm piston rod provides a substantial shaft for the assembly. Together, the larger bore and aluminium body help the damper manage repeated movement on rough roads, so your suspension can keep working consistently over longer stretches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the correct position and load\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is MT64602003L, the rear left shock for Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards. It is the medium rear option, with the mounting orientation specific to this side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor Ranger Mk8 2023 onwards, pair this with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-rear-right-medium-mt-64-shock-absorber-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003eMT64602003R rear-right unit\u003c\/a\u003e. The 600kg constant-load setup uses the heavier MT64602004L\/R damper pair instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit it as part of the suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne damper is supplied. Select the matching axle pair and any springs, bushes and installation hardware separately. A suspension installation should check clearance through travel, mounting torque and alignment where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the damper clean enough to inspect the shaft and seals, and check it during routine servicing. Matching the springs and dampers to your vehicle gives you a suspension setup chosen for comfortable daily driving and control on rougher roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT64602003L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoad\/valving selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonotube gas-pressure damper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInternal bore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePiston rod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDamping adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePreset; no external damping clickers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSale unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne damper; matching suspension parts separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody material heat dissipation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium: 15 times faster than steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a complete suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is one damper component. Choose the matching springs, axle pair and fitting parts for the complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich side does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMT64602003L is the rear left shock for Ford Ranger Mk8 \/ Volkswagen Amarok Mk3 2023 onwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the damping?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMT64 damping is preset. There are no external compression or rebound clickers to set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the load version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the rear dampers to the springs and the load you regularly carry. This is the medium rear-left version. For a 600kg constant-load suspension setup, use the heavier MT64602004L\/R pair instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it increase the vehicle's carrying limit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Damper selection helps the suspension control the vehicle and its permitted load. It does not change approved axle or overall mass limits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818882322774,"sku":"XSAMT64602003LFORA8D","price":350.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/mt64_new.png?v=1785100775"},{"product_id":"ome-coil-spring-pair-rear-suzuki-jimny-5-door-medium-load-3322","title":"Old Man Emu Rear Coil Springs, Medium - Suzuki Jimny 5 Door","description":"\u003ch2\u003eChoose rear springs for the load your Jimny carries\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch your Jimny's rear springs to the equipment it regularly carries. This pair of Old Man Emu rear coil springs is the medium-load selection for the Suzuki Jimny 5 Door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSC3222\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the rear spring rating alongside the other suspension components for your vehicle. The package supplies the rear coil-spring pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSC3222\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied item\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear coil-spring pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuzuki Jimny 5 Door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad selection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818882355542,"sku":"XSC3222","price":261.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"arb-coil-spring-land-cruiser-200-series-rear","title":"Old Man Emu 2722 Rear Coil Springs - Land Cruiser 200, Non-KDSS","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose rear springs around how you use your Land Cruiser\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe right rear spring helps your Land Cruiser carry its normal equipment without choosing a heavy-load option it does not need. OME 2722 is the medium rear coil choice for the corresponding Land Cruiser 200 Series installation, with approximately 20mm lift in the matched application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XSC2722\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA measured lift for the correct suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20mm figure is the approximate installed lift in the listed OME combination. Vehicle equipment and load affect the actual height. This 2722 application excludes AHC hydraulic suspension and is not the KDSS rear-coil choice; the catalogue specifies a different spring for that configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose springs and rear dampers together, with the installer checking the vehicle specification before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe coil specification matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese coils use 19mm spring bar, with A\/B free heights of 440\/430mm and 7.2 turns. Their rate is 48N\/mm, equivalent to approximately 275lb\/in. Those figures help identify the spring and distinguish it from a different load or lift option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the vehicle as it is normally driven to make the choice. Permanent accessories and an often-empty boot call for different suspension decisions from a vehicle that carries a full load every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComplete the installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit the matched components, then check suspension travel, clearances and alignment. The spring choice does not change the Land Cruiser's legal gross weight or axle limits. Keep your regular load within those limits and maintain the suspension as part of normal servicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu \/ ARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSC2722\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2722\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLand Cruiser 200 Series; corresponding OME installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoad choice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eApproximate lift\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm; vehicle and load dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExclusions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAHC hydraulic suspension and KDSS application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCoil rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48N\/mm; approximately 275lb\/in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSpring-bar diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFree height A \/ B\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 \/ 430mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTurns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8kg per coil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatched rear dampers and complete clearance\/alignment checks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit a KDSS Land Cruiser?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e2722 is not the KDSS rear-coil selection in this OME application. KDSS uses a different listed spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use them with AHC?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe matched application excludes AHC hydraulic suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the lift always exactly 20mm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e20mm is the approximate figure for the matched application. Vehicle specification, equipment and load affect the final height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre these the heavy-load option?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are the medium rear choice. Select by the weight the vehicle normally carries rather than assuming a heavier-rated spring will give a better ride.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54818882519382,"sku":"XSC2722","price":209.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/collections\/Suspension_Category.png?v=1778779460","url":"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/suspension.oembed?page=6","provider":"Hoonies Adrenaline","version":"1.0","type":"link"}